Canon | PowerShot SX700 HS | User manual | Canon PowerShot SX700 HS User manual

Canon PowerShot SX700 HS User manual
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺗﺭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫• ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪ :EOS‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ EOS Utility‬ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪/EOS Utility Instruction Manual‬ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ،EOS Utility‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪.PDF‬‬
‫• ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ – ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ ﻟـ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻟـ ‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫‪CEL-SV5PA2N0‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫ُﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻷﻗﺳﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ‪.Windows‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ‪.Mac OS‬‬
‫ُﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ Windows‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻭﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‬
‫‪ Macintosh‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ’‪ ‘Ctrl‬ﻫﻭ ’‪ ‘command‬ﻭ ’‪ ‘Enter‬ﻫﻭ ’‪ .‘return‬ﻭﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Macintosh‬ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ’‪ ‘command‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺃﺧﺫ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ Windows‬ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ‪.Mac OS‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻳﺟﺏ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﺳﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﺳﺎﻡ ﺑﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫• ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺄﺳﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ )= ‪.(۹‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺍﺑﻁ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ”‪ “XXXXX‬ﺃﻭ )= ‪ ،(XX‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻥ ‪ Windows 7‬ﻭ‪ Mac OS X 10.8‬ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭً ﺍ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻛﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﺳﺎﻡ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭً ﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻳﻣﻧﻌﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫‪) CPU‬ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ(‬
‫‪) CPU‬ﺃﻓﻼﻡ(‬
‫‪Windows 8 / 8.1‬‬
‫‪Windows 7 SP1‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﺩ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ )ﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﺳﺑﻘﺎ(؛ ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ ۱٫٦‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﻁﺭﺯ ‪[HD‬‬
‫‪ ۱٫٦٦ Core 2 Duo‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﻁﺭﺯ ‪*[Full HD‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ ۳٫۰ Core i5 :‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ‪ ۲٫۸ Core i7 :‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ ٦٤‬ﺑﺕ‪ ۲ :‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫‪ ۳۲‬ﺑﺕ‪ ۱ :‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ )‪(RAM‬‬
‫)ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ(‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ )‪(RAM‬‬
‫)ﺃﻓﻼﻡ(‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪ ۲٥۰ :ImageBrowser EX‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ*‬
‫‪ ٤۰ :PhotoStitch‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ‪ ۱،۰۲٤ × ۷٦۸‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫*‪ ۱‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ‪ Full HD‬ﻓﻲ ‪.ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫*‪ ۲‬ﻳﺗﺿﻣﻥ ‪) Silverlight 5.1‬ﺑﺣﺩ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ‪ ۱۰۰‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪Mac OS‬‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫‪ ،۱*OS X 10.9‬ﺍﻹﺻﺩﺍﺭ ‪*10.8‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﺩ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ )ﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ(؛ ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ Core 2 Duo‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﻁﺭﺯ ‪[HD‬‬
‫‪ Core 2 Duo‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪) CPU‬ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ(‬
‫‪) CPU‬ﺃﻓﻼﻡ(‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ )‪(RAM‬‬
‫)ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ(‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ )‪(RAM‬‬
‫)ﺃﻓﻼﻡ(‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫]ﻁﺭﺯ ‪*[Full HD‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ ۳٫۰ Core i5 :‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ‪ ۲٫۸ Core i7 :‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫‪ ۳٥۰ :ImageBrowser EX‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ*‬
‫‪ ٥۰ :PhotoStitch‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ‪ ۱،۰۲٤ × ۷٦۸‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫*‪ ۱‬ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻁﺭﺯ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ OS X 10.9‬ﻭ‪ 10.8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪.Apple‬‬
‫*‪ ۲‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ‪ Full HD‬ﻓﻲ ‪.ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫*‪ ۳‬ﻳﺗﺿﻣﻥ ‪) Silverlight 5.1‬ﺑﺣﺩ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ‪ ۱۰۰‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪.Canon‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺟﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﻳﻥ ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪CameraWindow/EOS Utility‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﻺﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ‪:EOS‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪،CameraWindow‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪.(PDF‬‬
‫• ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪ :EOS‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ EOS Utility‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ‪ EOS Utility‬ﺍﻷﻗﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ‪ 2.10‬ﻣﻊ ‪ .ImageBrowser EX‬ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪/EOS Utility Instruction Manual‬ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫‪) ،EOS Utility‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪.(PDF‬‬
‫‪ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫• ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺛﻡ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫‪ CameraWindow‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،EOS Utility‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ‬
‫‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻭﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻳﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪) ImageBrowser EX‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ( ﺃﻭ ﺣﺫﻓﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .ImageBrowser EX‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫• ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ‪ ،ImageBrowser EX‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ“‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﻓﻘﻁ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫• ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻧﻘﺭً ﺍ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟً ﺎ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﺏ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ’ﺍﺑﺩﺃ‘ ← ’ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‘ ← ’‪← ‘Canon Utilities‬‬
‫’‪ ← ‘ImageBrowser EX‬ﺭﻣﺯ ’‪.‘ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫• ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻰ ’‪.‘ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫• ﺍﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ’ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ‘ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ← ’‪ ← ‘Canon Utilities‬ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ’‪،‘ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻧﻘﺭً ﺍ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟً ﺎ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ’‪.‘ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ )‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻗﻪ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺻﻑ ﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪۳...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ‪۷........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‪۱۰ .........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪۱۰ ....................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ‪۱٦ ............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪۱۹ .............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪۱۹ ....................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ‪۲۳ ............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ ‪۲٤ .............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ‪ :‬ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ‪۲٥ ..............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻋﺭﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ‪۲٦ .........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪۲۷ ......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ‪۲۸ .................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ‪۲۹ .............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪۲۹ ......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ‪۳٥ .............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪٤۱ ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ ‪٤٤ ..............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ‪٤٥ .....................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ‪٤۸ ...........................................................‬‬
‫‪٥۳ ............................................................................................................................................. GPS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ ‪٥٦ .........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ ‪٥٦ ............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‪٥۷ .......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪٥۸ ...........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ‪٦۰ ...................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪۹‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ–ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ‪ EOS‬ﻓﻘﻁ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪EOS Utility‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ‪ :EOS‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ–ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﺑﻣﻧﻔﺫ ‪ .USB‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﺭ ‪ USB‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ )ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎء ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻭﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ‪ (USB‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺛﻡ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﻣﻧﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻭﻥ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ( ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺭﻙ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺗﺻﻼً ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺗﺭﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻓﺻﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺃﻭ ‪.EOS Utility‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻁﺎﻗﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ AC‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻣﺞ )ﻗﺩ ُﻳﺑﺎﻉ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ AA‬ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺎﻑِ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ AA NiMH‬ﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۱۰‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ‪ :EOS‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺑﺩء ‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪ CameraWindow‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫‪.۱‬‬
‫‪.۲‬‬
‫‪.۳‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ’ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‘ ﺑﺟﺎﻧﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ’‪Downloads Images From Canon‬‬
‫‪/Camera using Canon CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪ Canon‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪Canon‬‬
‫‪ ،‘CameraWindow‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ’ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻧﻘﺭً ﺍ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟً ﺎ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻧﻘﺭً ﺍ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟً ﺎ ﻓﻭﻕ ’ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‘ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﺻﺎﻋ ًﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﺯﻳﻥ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows 8‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻭﺩ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫’‪Downloads Images From Canon Camera‬‬
‫‪/using Canon CameraWindow‬ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪ Canon‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪.‘Canon CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪Windows Vista‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ’‪Downloads Images‬‬
‫‪From Canon Camera using Canon‬‬
‫‪/CameraWindow‬ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪Canon‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪.‘Canon CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪Windows XP‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ’‪Canon‬‬
‫‪ ،‘CameraWindow‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ’ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‘‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۱۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ’‪ ‘Canon CameraWindow‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ’ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows 8‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻭﺩ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ’‪Downloads Images From Canon‬‬
‫‪/Camera using Canon CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪ Canon‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪Canon‬‬
‫‪.‘CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪Windows XP/Windows Vista‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ’ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‘ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ’‪Downloads‬‬
‫‪Images From Canon Camera using Canon‬‬
‫‪/CameraWindow‬ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪Canon‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪.‘Canon CameraWindow‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﻗﺎﺭﻯء ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺣﻭﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ’‪ ‘Canon Camera‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ’ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Import Images from Camera‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪Import‬‬
‫‪/Untransferred Images‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ[‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻝ ‪ ،GPS‬ﻓﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺟﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۱۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/OK‬ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ‬
‫‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻟـ ‪ ،ImageBrowser EX‬ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫)ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ (۱،۰۰۰‬ﺑﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﻯء ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺭﻯء ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ“‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺣﺟﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻌﺩﻯ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻷﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫‪ ،CameraWindow‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪/Yes‬ﻧﻌﻡ[ ﻟﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﻁﻳﺋﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺳﻠ ً‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺔ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ Windows 7‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ .ImageBrowser EX‬ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ‪ ،Windows‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ’ﺍﺑﺩﺃ‘ ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ’ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‘ ‪ ‘CameraWindow’  ‘Canon Utilities’ ‬‬
‫’‪.‘CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻰ‬
‫’‪.‘CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺩﻣﺞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺳﻭﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻟﺩﻣﺟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۱۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ‪ EOS‬ﻓﻘﻁ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪EOS Utility‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪ EOS‬ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ‪ EOS Utility‬ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪/EOS Utility Instruction Manual‬ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪) EOS Utility‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪.(PDF‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪.EOS Utility‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ‪ EOS Utility‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .۱‬ﻣﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ ،EOS Utility‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫]‪/Preferences‬ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ .۲‬ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪/Linked Software‬ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ]‪ [ImageBrowser EX‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫]‪/Software to link‬ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ[ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫]‪/OK‬ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Starts to download images‬‬
‫ﺑﺩء ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ‬
‫‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻟـ ‪ ،ImageBrowser EX‬ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫)= ‪.(۱۳‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Quit‬ﺧﺭﻭﺝ[ ﻟﻠﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﻣﻥ ‪EOS‬‬
‫‪ ،Utility‬ﺛﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ‪ EOS‬ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻً‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺭﻯء ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ’‪View/‬‬
‫‪Download Images using Canon‬‬
‫‪/ImageBrowser EX‬ﻋﺭﺽ‪/‬ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪.‘Canon ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺍﻵﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺭﻯء ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۱٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﻭﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ“‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Print‬ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ]‪/Print Images‬ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۱٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻛﻣﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻔﺿﻠﻪ ﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺗﺻﺎﺻﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻗﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺃﺿّﻑ ﻧﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Print‬ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻡ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭﺍ ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Print‬ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ]‪/Print Contact Sheet‬ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻛﻣﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﺭﺃﺱ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺫﻳﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻗﺗﺻﺎﺻﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻗﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Print‬ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻡ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺟﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺟﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺟﺭﺓ“‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺷﺭﻳﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ“‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ“ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪ .‬ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ“‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺟﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪AEB‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ‪RAW‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ RAW‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻧﺳﺏ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ‪ ،٤:۳‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪Digital Photo‬‬
‫‪.(۳۹ =) Professional‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺿﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۱۹‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺟﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ( ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺭﺝ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺟﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺃﻭ ‪ EOS Utility‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪/Folders] ۱‬ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ[‬
‫ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪/Shooting Date] ۲‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ[‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ )ﺳﻧﺔ‪/‬ﺷﻬﺭ‪/‬ﻳﻭﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪/People] ۳‬ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ[‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ )ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻌﻳّﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ‬
‫ﻣُﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ( ﻫﻧﺎ‪ُ .‬ﺗﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻣﻔﻳﺩﺓ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﺩﻗﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺃﺧﺭﻳﻥ‪) .‬ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﻣُﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪/Landmarks] ٤‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ[‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﺎﺓ ﺑﺄﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ .‬ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻡ ﻫﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻡ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻟﻌﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻣﻌًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪/Groups] ٥‬ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ[‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﺎﺓ ﺑﺄﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺧﺗﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﻌﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻣﻌًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪/History] ٦‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺎﺕ[‬
‫ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻭﺧﺭً ﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪/Smart Grouping] ۷‬ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ[‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ‪ .‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ ،ImageBrowser EX‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺷﺭﻭﻁ ﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ“‪.‬‬
‫‪۷‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۲۰‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺷﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪) ImageBrowser EX‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ( ﻭﻻ ﺣﺫﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ‪ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫• ‪ Windows 7 ،Windows 8‬ﺃﻭ ‪ :Vista‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺭﺍﺹ ‪ C‬ﻓﻲ ’ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭﻥ‘ ‪‘XXXXX’ ‬‬
‫)ﺍﺳﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ( ‪’ ‬ﺻﻭﺭﻱ‘ ﺃﻭ ’ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‘‬
‫• ‪ :XP‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺭﺍﺹ ‪ C‬ﻓﻲ ’‪) ‘XXXXX’  ‘Documents and Settings‬ﺍﺳﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺩﺧﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ( ‪’ ‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ‘ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ’ﺻﻭﺭﻱ‘؛ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ’ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‘ )ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ(‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺭﺹ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ ،Macintosh‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ( ﻓﻲ ’ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭﻥ‘ ‪‬‬
‫’‪) ‘XXXXX‬ﺍﺳﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ( ‪’ ‬ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‘‬
‫ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫]‪/Import/Camera Settings‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‪/‬ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ[‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫]‪/Share‬ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ[‬
‫ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫]‪/Slide Show‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ[‬
‫ﺑﺩء ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ‪.CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬‬
‫]‪/Edit‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ[‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫]‪/Map‬ﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ[‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ‪) .‬ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ(‪.‬‬
‫]‪/Print‬ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ[‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۲۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪۷‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺟﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺣﺳﺏ ﻓﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﻟﻠﺧﻠﻑ‪/‬ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ‬
‫ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ ۹۰‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻛﺱ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪/‬ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺑﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ ۹۰‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﻣﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪Rotate‬‬
‫‪/According to Rotation Info‬ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺩﺍﺭﺓ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۷‬ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺻﻭﺹ‬
‫ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺻﻑ ﻧﺻﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﻭﻣﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ )ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﻣُﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ(‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ )ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺣﺫﻑ‬
‫ﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺫﻭﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ’ﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺫﻭﻓﺎﺕ‘ ﺃﻭ ’ﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﻼﺕ‘ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥ ٦‬‬
‫‪۷‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﻓﺭﺯ‬
‫ﻓﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ‪/‬ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﻭﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺑﺟﺎﻧﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻝء ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻭﺍء ﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻻﺣﺗﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ‪) .‬ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪) .‬ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۷‬ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ )ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ )ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪۲۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺑﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺻﻔﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻝء ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺑﻣﻝء ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻝء ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ’‪ ،‘Esc‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻧﻘﺭً ﺍ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟً ﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۲۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ’‪‘Ctrl‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺟﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ’‪ ‘Shift‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﺣﺏ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۲٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ‪ :‬ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ‪/‬ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪/Read-only] ۲‬ﻟﻠﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ[‬
‫ﻳﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺫﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪/Shooting Info‬ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ[‬
‫ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﻣﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ ﻭﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪/Additional Info‬ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ[‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪/Rating] ٥‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ[‬
‫ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪/Person] ٦‬ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ[‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻳﻥ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪) .‬ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﻣُﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪۷‬‬
‫‪/Landmark] ۷‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻡ[‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪۸‬‬
‫‪/Groups] ۸‬ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ[‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪۹‬‬
‫‪/Tags] ۹‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ[‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪/Comments] ۱۰‬ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺕ[‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۰‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۲٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻋﺭﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Slide Show‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺅﻗﺕ‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻧﻁﺑﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺧﺭﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۲٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻣﻝء ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ )= ‪.(۲۲‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﻭﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﻳﺋﺔ ﺟ ًﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ) (‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺍﻗﺗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﺫﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﻼﺹ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻝء ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ’‪ ‘Esc‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻧﻘﺭً ﺍ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟً ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۲۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﻳﺩﻭﻳًﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﻭﺍﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻳﺎﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﻘﻭﻡ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺛﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﺗﺻﻼً ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺗﻌﻠﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻏﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﻳﺩﻭ ًﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻛﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ‪ ،ImageBrowser EX‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪/Update to latest version‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ[‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺅﻭﻝ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪) .‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺯﻭﺩ ﺑﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ ﻭﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﻭﻡ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﺯﻭﺩ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺗﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ُ ،‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Canon‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺛﺎﺕ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﻠﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪.Canon‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۲۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ )ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣُﻌﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ(‬
‫ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﻓﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺁﺧﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺿﻣﻥ ]‪/All Images‬ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ[ ﺛﻡ ﺣﺭﺭ ﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺿﻣﻥ ]‪/Shooting Date‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ[ ﺃﻭ‬
‫]‪/People‬ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ[ ﺃﻭ ]‪/Landmarks‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ[ ﺃﻭ ]‪/Groups‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ[ ﺃﻭ ]‪/History‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺎﺕ[ ﻭﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺿﻣﻥ‬
‫]‪/All Images‬ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ[‪) .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۲۹‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺛﻡ ﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ]‪/Landmarks‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ[ ﺃﻭ ]‪/Groups‬ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ[ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ]‪/Landmarks‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ[ ﺃﻭ ]‪/Groups‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ[‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺫﻑ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ]‪/Create Landmark‬ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﻌﻠﻡ[ ﺃﻭ‬
‫]‪/Create Group‬ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ[ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻳﻪ ﺛﻡ ﺣﺭﺭ ﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻧﺗﻣﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺣﺫﻑ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ]‪/Landmarks‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ[ ﺃﻭ ]‪/Groups‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻧﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺎﺕ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫]‪/Additional Info‬ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﻓﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻓﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫‪۳۰‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ )ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ُﻣﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ(‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﺭﺯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ]‪/People‬ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ[ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺟﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Add Person‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻭﻩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ’‪.‘Enter‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳ ًﻣﺎ ﻟﻌﺭﺿﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ُﻣﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫]‪/OK‬ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Close‬ﺇﻏﻼﻕ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻣﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺟﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ‬
‫• ﻳﺟﺏ ﻣﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ Exif‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻬﺎ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺿﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ Exif‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻡ‬
‫‪ .ImageBrowser EX‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻣﺛﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﻳ ً‬
‫ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻭﻩ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ )= ‪ .(۳۳‬ﻭﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺳﺑﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺭﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﺷﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪.(٥۱ =) ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺟﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪/Delete‬ﺣﺫﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺣﺫﻑ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺿﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ‪ Exif‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫)ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﻳ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺟﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻭﻩ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻭﻩ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫‪ .ImageBrowser EX‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫]‪/Exit‬ﺧﺭﻭﺝ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻣﻧﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ]‪/Keep analyzing face info even after exit‬ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء[ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪/Face ID‬ﻣُﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ[ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ ‪.(٤٤ =) ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۳۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ُﻣﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ(‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ‪ ،ImageBrowser EX‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺛﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ ،CameraWindow‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫]‪/Synchronize automatically‬ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺻﻭﺹ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﻭﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ )ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﻣُﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ( ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ )ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺣﺳﺏ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪ .‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫)ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﺟﻭﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ‬
‫‪۳۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻭﻩ‪ :‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ )ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ُﻣﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ(‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺟﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ‪ .‬ﺣﺭّ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫]?‪/Add this person‬ﻫﻝ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ؟[‪ .‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻭﻩ‪ :‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ )ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ُﻣﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ(‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭﺍ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺗﺣﺕ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ]?[ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻸﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ‪ ،‬ﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ]?[ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺟﺭﺏ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ]‪The number of similar faces displayed‬‬
‫‪/when searched by person‬ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ[ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪Face‬‬
‫‪/ID‬ﻣُﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ[ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ ‪ .(٤٤ =) ImageBrowser EX‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺿﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺗﺟﺎﻩ ]‪/Min‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ[‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺛﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺣﺑﻪ ﺗﺟﺎﻩ ]‪/Max‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۳۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺷﺭﻭﻁ ﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺟﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Smart Grouping‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ[ ‪/Define Conditions] ‬ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻭﻁ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻭﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺷﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺷﺭﻭﻁ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺷﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ“‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳ ًﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺷﺭﻁ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/OK‬ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺣﺩﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﺣﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻻﺣ ًﻘﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺷﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ‬
‫ﺳﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﺫﻑ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ]‪/Smart Grouping‬ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ[‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺭﻯء ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻣﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ EOS Utility‬ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ‪.EOS‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺗﻣﺕ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﻯء ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Import/Camera Settings‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‪/‬ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ[ ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪Transfer‬‬
‫‪/Images to Memory Card‬ﻧﻘﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ[‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﺎﺕ ‪ JPEG‬ﺃﻭ ‪ MOV‬ﺃﻭ ‪ MP4‬ﻓﻘﻁ )ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻋﺩﺍ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ‪ MP4‬ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪ DCF‬ﻓﻘﻁ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۳٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫• ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪JPEG‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺇﺑﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻭﺡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ PhotoStitch‬ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻧﻭﺭﺍﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪RAW‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ RAW‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪Digital Photo‬‬
‫‪Professional‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺯﺭ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ]‪/Edit‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻧﻳﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻧﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫]‪/Edit‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ[ ‪/Correct Red-eye] ‬ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء[‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫]‪/Edit‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ[ ‪/Auto Correct] ‬ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ[‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺭﻕ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫]‪/Edit‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ[ ‪Adjust Color and] ‬‬
‫‪/Brightness‬ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ[‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺩﺭﺝ ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﻧﺣﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫]‪/Edit‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ[ ‪Adjust Color and] ‬‬
‫‪/Brightness‬ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ[‬
‫]‪/Edit‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ[ ‪/Correct Levels] ‬ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ[‬
‫]‪/Edit‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ[ ‪/Correct Tone Curves] ‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻣﻧﺣﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ[‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۳٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺇﺑﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻭﺡ‬
‫ﻟﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻭﺿﻭﺣً ﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺑﺭﺍﺯ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻳﺎء ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫]‪/Edit‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ[ ‪/Increase Sharpness] ‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻭﺡ[‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻗﻧﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﺩﺓ ]‪/Radius‬ﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ[ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻧﺩﻩ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ]‪/Threshold‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻪ[ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ ﻭﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]‪/Edit‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ[ ‪/Crop Image] ‬ﺍﻗﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ[‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻗﺗﺻﺎﺻﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﻧﺳﺏ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫]‪/Edit‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ[ ‪/Insert Text] ‬ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻧﺹ[‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻭﺍﻑ ﻧﺻﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺗﺟﺎﻧﺳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫]‪/Antialias‬ﺗﺣﺳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﻑ[‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۳۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ PhotoStitch‬ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻧﻭﺭﺍﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻧﻭﺭﺍﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻗﻠﻳﻼً ﻗﺑﻝ ﻛﻝ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]‪/Edit‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ[ ‪/Stitch Photos] ‬ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ[‬
‫ﻓﺟﺭﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫• ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻋﺩﺍ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.PhotoStitch‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﺩﺩًﺍ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺿﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪/Save‬ﺣﻔﻅ[ ﺣﺩﺩ ]‪/Adjust image‬ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺣﺟ ًﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﻐﺭ ﻓﻲ ]‪Saved Image‬‬
‫‪/Size‬ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ PhotoStitch‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ PhotoStitch‬ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻣﺞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺿﻔﻲ ﻣﺯﻳ ًﺩﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪) .‬ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻁﺭﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۳۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ RAW‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪Digital Photo Professional‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ RAW‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ JPEG‬ﺃﻭ ‪.TIFF‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪ ،ImageBrowser EX‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Edit‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ[ ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪/Process RAW Images‬ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭ ‪.[RAW‬‬
‫ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Digital Photo Professional‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫’ﺍﺑﺩﺃ‘ ﻭﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ’ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‘ ﺃﻭ ’ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‘‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ’‪Canon‬‬
‫‪Digital Photo Professional’  ‘Utilities‬‬
‫‪) ‘XXX‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ‪ XXX‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻹﺻﺩﺍﺭ( ‪‬‬
‫’‪.‘Digital Photo Professional‬‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ‪Digital Photo Professional‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫]‪/Edit image window‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۱ ۲ ۳‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ )ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ”ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء“‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ‪ ،Digital Photo Professional‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳﻕ‬
‫ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻟﻠﻣﺷﻬﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳﺏ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻧﺣﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻗﻧﻭﺍﺕ ‪ RGB‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻛﻝ ﻗﻧﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ‪.EOS‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺿﺑﻁ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺷﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۳۹‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ‪ ،Digital Photo Professional‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫]‪/File‬ﻣﻠﻑ[‪ .‬ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻑ‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪) .‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻁﻳﻁ ﻭﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ RAW‬ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ .RAW‬ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ RAW‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺩﻋﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Digital Photo Professional‬ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺷﺭﺡ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺗﻔﺻﻳﻼً ﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ‪/Digital Photo Professional Instruction Manual‬ﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Digital Photo Professional‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪ EOS‬ﻋﺭﺿﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻐﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻵﺧﺭﻳﻥ ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪.Canon‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪RAW‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ RAW‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩّﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ ،JPEG‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ”ﺃﻭﻟﻳﺔ“ )ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﺩّﻟﺔ ﻭﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺿﻐﻭﻁﺔ( ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ )ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ( ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺿﺣﻳﺔ ﺑﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ‪JPEG‬‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺿﻐﻁﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪RAW‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ‪RAW‬‬
‫• ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫• ﺗﻡ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺿﺑﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ RAW‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪Digital Photo Professional‬‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ‬
‫‪JPEG/TIFF‬‬
‫• ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺿﺑﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺿﺣﻳﺔ ﺑﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫• ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ Digital Photo Professional‬ﻗﺑﻝ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٤۰‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ )= ‪ ،(۲٥‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺳﻣﻳﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺟﻭﻡ ) (‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ )ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ(‬
‫ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫‪ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫‪Digital Photo‬‬
‫‪Professional‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ )ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ(‬
‫‪/Windows 7/Windows 8‬‬
‫‪) Windows Vista‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ(‬
‫‪ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫×‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻡ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫×‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﺙ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺷﺎﺅﻫﺎ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫×‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ؛‬
‫ﻭﻭﺻﻑ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻛﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫×‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﺑﻼ ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪،‬‬
‫‪،‬‬
‫‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺳﺗﺔ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ٥–۱ :‬ﻧﺟﻭﻡ ) ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻘﻳﻳﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ )= ‪.(۲۲‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫]‪/Additional Info‬ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ]‪/Rating‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ[‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫– ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ”ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻝ“‪.‬‬
‫– ‪ Digital Photo Professional 3.9‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺛﻠﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺎﺕ )ﻣﻭﺻﻭﻑ ﻓﻲ ”ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺎﺕ“(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٤۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺗﻬﺎ ﻛﻛﻠﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ )= ‪.(۳۲‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫]‪/Additional Info‬ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Add tag‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ[ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺃﻱ ]‪/Comments‬ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺕ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺗﻬﺎ )= ‪.(۳۲‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫]‪/Additional Info‬ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻝ ]‪/Comments‬ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺕ[‪.‬‬
‫‪٤۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻁﺭﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻟﻠﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٤٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻓﻲ ‪) EOS‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ‪ EOS‬ﻓﻘﻁ(‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﻁﺭﻕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺻﻭﺹ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻭﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Edit‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ[ ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪/Edit Movies‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻻﺳﺗﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﻠﺳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ ،MOV‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗ ًﺗﺎ ﻁﻭﻳﻼً‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺭﺟﺎء‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻷﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ )ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٤٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻋﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ‪ .‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺣﻔﻅ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻗﺗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻣﻪ )ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ )ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ(‬
‫‪۱،۹۲۰ × ۱،۰۸۰‬‬
‫‪۱،۲۸۰ × ۷۲۰‬‬
‫‪٦٤۰ × ٤۸۰‬‬
‫‪۳۲۰ × ۲٤۰‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻠﻁﻭﻝ )‪(MOV‬‬
‫‪ ۲۳٫۹۷٦‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ ٥۰‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪/‬‬
‫‪ ٥۹٫۹٤‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ ۲٥‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ*‬
‫‪ ۲۹٫۹۷‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ*‬
‫—‬
‫ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۱۰‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۱۰‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۲۰‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۲۰‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۳۰‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫—‬
‫ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ ٦۰‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ EOS‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ‪ImageBrowser‬‬
‫‪ EX‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﻡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۲۳٫۹۷٦‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺑـ ‪ ۲٤‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۲۹٫۹۷‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺑـ ‪ ۳۰‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٥۹٫۹٤‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑـ ‪ ٦۰‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻠﻁﻭﻝ )‪(MP4‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۳۰‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ )ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ(‬
‫‪۱،۲۸۰ × ۷۲۰‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻻﻗﺗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻗﺗﻁﺎﻋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻓﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Save‬ﺣﻔﻅ[‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺫﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٤٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Edit‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ[ ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪Extract‬‬
‫‪/Multiple Images from Movie‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺭﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻻﺳﺗﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻓﻲ ‪) EOS‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ‪ EOS‬ﻓﻘﻁ(‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ‪.‬‬
‫]‪/Edit‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ[ ‪/Edit EOS Video Snapshot] ‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻓﻲ ‪[EOS‬‬
‫ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪.EOS Video Snapshot Task‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪EOS Video Snapshot Task‬‬
‫‪/Instruction Manual‬ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻬﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻓﻲ ‪EOS‬‬
‫)ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ (PDF‬ﻣﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ‪.EOS Video Snapshot Task‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٤۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻣﻊ ‪ .ImageBrowser EX‬ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ‪CANON‬‬
‫‪ iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬‬
‫ﻳﻭﻓﺭ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻼء ﺍﻟﺫﻳﻥ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪/‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻣﻥ ‪ .Canon‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺿﻭﻳﺔ )ﻣﺟﺎ ًﻧﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ )‪ (http://canon.com/cig‬ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ .‬ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺗﻙ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻋﺿﻭﻳﺔ ‪) CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﻣﺟﺎ ًﻧﺎ(‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪[CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪/Register‬ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻻﺳﺗﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻐﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺿﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻐﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Register‬ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ[ ﺿﻣﻥ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑّﺕ ‪.CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٤۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪ [CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻌﺔ‬
‫• ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻛﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪YouTube‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪) .YouTube‬ﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ YouTube‬ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ YouTube‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪Facebook‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪) .Facebook‬ﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ Facebook‬ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ Facebook‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٤۹‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻛﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Share‬ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ[‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪E-mail‬‬
‫‪/Images‬ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ[‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Attach to Email‬ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫]‪/Save to Folder‬ﺣﻔﻅ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ[ ﺿﻣﻥ ]‪After Finishing‬‬
‫‪/the Task‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ[ ﻓﻲ ]‪/Custom Settings‬ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﺩﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ]‪/Custom Settings‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ[ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Finish‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎء[‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺭﺹ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ’ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭﻥ‘ ‪‬‬
‫’‪) ‘XXXXX‬ﺍﺳﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ( ‪’ ‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ‘ ‪‬‬
‫’‪ ‘SendEmailUserData’  ‘Preferences‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ’‪.‘Email Images‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﻳﺩﻭﻳًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ’ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﺑﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥۰‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻟﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﻌﻣﻳﻝ ‪ MAPI‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻳﺎ‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫• ‪ :Windows 7, Windows 8‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ’ﺍﺑﺩﺃ‘‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ’ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‘‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ :Windows Vista‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ‬
‫‪ ،Windows Mail‬ﺍﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ Windows Mail‬ﻭﺣﺩﺩ ’ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‘ ’ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‘ ‪’‬ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‘ ‪’‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻟﻳﺱ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‘ ‪’ ‬ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‘‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ :Windows XP‬ﺍﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ Internet Explorer‬ﻭﺣﺩﺩ ’ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‘ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ’ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‘‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ’ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‘ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺟﺎﻧﺏ ’ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ’ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ‘ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻧﻘﺭً ﺍ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟً ﺎ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ’ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ‘ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ’ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ‘ ﻭﺣﺩﺩ‬
‫’ﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ‘‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺿﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ’ﻋﺎﻡ‘‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺯﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ YouTube‬ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻷﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ ‪.Facebook‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Share‬ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﺣﺩ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٥۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ]‪/List‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ[‬
‫ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ]‪Delete privacy-related‬‬
‫)‪/information (such as people and places‬‬
‫ﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﺻﻭﺻﻳﺔ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻥ([‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ]‪/List‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ]‪/Apply to all images‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ[ ﺃﻭ ]‪/Apply to all movies‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ[‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻭﺻ ًﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Log in‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ[‪.‬‬
‫]‪/Upload‬ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠﻕ ﺑﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺯﻭﺩ ﺑﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﻭﻡ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﺯﻭﺩ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ YouTube‬ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۱٥‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﺣﺟﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۲‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٥۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫‪GPS‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ‪Map Utility :‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ‪Map Utility :‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻭﺳﺟﻼﺕ ‪ ،GPS‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ ﻷﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺫﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ™‪ Google Maps‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﻣﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺳﺟﻼﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺯﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺯﻭﺩ ﺑﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﻭﻡ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﺯﻭﺩ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Google‬ﻭ‪ Google Maps‬ﻭ‪ Google Earth‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻣﻠﻭﻛﺔ ﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪.Google Inc.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻭﺳﺟﻼﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ُﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻬﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﺷﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﺣﻳﺛﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ Map Utility‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪Digital Photo‬‬
‫‪ .Professional‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺣﻭﻝ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Map‬ﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪.Map Utility‬‬
‫‪٥۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۸‬‬
‫‪۷‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﻳﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ‪.ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﻠﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺗﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻟﺗﺻﺩﻳﺭ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪.Google Earth‬‬
‫)ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ‪ Google Earth‬ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺭﺟﺎء‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪(.Google Earth‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۷‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﺩﺑﺎﺑﻳﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۸‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻣﻧﺑﺛﻕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ‪ Map Utility‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ GPS‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٥٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺳﺟﻼﺕ ‪GPS‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺟﻝ ‪.GPS‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺳﺟﻝ ‪.GPS‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺟﻝ ‪ GPS‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺳﺟﻝ ‪ GPS‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺳﺟﻝ ‪.GPS‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺟﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ‪ Map Utility‬ﻣﻊ ﺳﺟﻼﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٥٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‪/‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫”ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ“‬
‫”ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ‪“EOS‬‬
‫”ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ“‬
‫”ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ“‬
‫”ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ“‬
‫”ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪“RAW‬‬
‫”ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ“‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫”ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻝء ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ“‬
‫”ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ“‬
‫”ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ“‬
‫”ﻋﺭﺽ ﻋﺭﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ“‬
‫”ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻭﻩ“‬
‫”ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳﺔ“‬
‫”ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻛﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ“‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫”ﺿﺑﻁ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ“‬
‫ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫”ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ“‬
‫”ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺋﺎﺕ“‬
‫”ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ“‬
‫”ﻓﺭﺯ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ“‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ .Adobe Reader‬ﻟﻠﻌﺛﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺑﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Adobe Reader‬‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫‪٥٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‬
‫ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻌﺩ ﺑﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺣﻝ ﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ‪ .ImageBrowser EX‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺅﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪۰‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺗﻭﺍء ﺃﺃﻱ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺳﺣﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﻊ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ’ﺍﺑﺩﺃ‘ ﻭﺣﺩﺩ ’ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‘ ﺃﻭ‬
‫’ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‘‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ’‪ ‘Canon Utilities‬‬
‫’‪ImageBrowser’  ‘ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫‪/EX Uninstall‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪.‘ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩﺋﺫٍ‪ ،‬ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ’‪) ‘ImageBrowser EX‬ﺿﻣﻥ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ‬
‫’ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ‘ ﻓﻲ ’‪ (‘Canon Utilities‬ﺇﻟﻰ ’ﺳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﻼﺕ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻓﺭﺍﻍ ﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪:‬‬
‫*‬
‫‪DCIM‬‬
‫ﺃ ًﻳﺎ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪xxx_ _ _mm‬‬
‫• ‪xxx_mmdd‬‬
‫• ‪xxxCANON‬‬
‫• ‪xxxEOSxx‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ‪DCIM‬‬
‫‪CANONMSC‬‬
‫‪) yymmddx.LOG‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺟﻝ ‪(GPS‬‬
‫‪GPS‬‬
‫ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺷﺎﺅﻩ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪DPOF‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪DPOF‬‬
‫‪MISC‬‬
‫‪) yymmddx.LOG‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺟﻝ ‪(GPS‬‬
‫‪GPS‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪ :xxx‬ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪۹۹۹–۱۰۰‬؛ ‪ :mm‬ﺷﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ؛ ‪ :dd‬ﻳﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺟﻝ ‪) GPS‬ﻟﻠﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ’‪ ،(‘GPS‬ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ”‪ “yy‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺭ ﺭﻗﻣﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫*ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﻔﺗﺣﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺫﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺑﻌﺽ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٥۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫‪IMG_xxxx.JPG‬‬
‫‪_MG_xxxx.JPG‬‬
‫‪IMG_xxxx.CR2‬‬
‫‪_MG_xxxx.CR2‬‬
‫‪IMG_xxxx.CRW‬‬
‫‪_MG_xxxx.CRW‬‬
‫‪xxxx.TIF‬‬
‫‪ST_xxxx.JPG‬‬
‫‪MVI_xxxx.MOV‬‬
‫‪MVI_xxxx.AVI‬‬
‫‪MVI_xxxx.MP4‬‬
‫‪MDG_xxxx.MOV‬‬
‫‪MDG_xxxx.MP4‬‬
‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪JPEG‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ JPEG‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ‪Adobe RGB‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪RAW‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ RAW‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ‪Adobe RGB‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪RAW‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ RAW‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ‪Adobe RGB‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ RAW‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ‪ EOS-1D‬ﺃﻭ ‪EOS-1Ds‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺭﺓ‬
‫• ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ‪ xxxx‬ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻣﻥ ‪ ٤‬ﺭﻣﻭﺯ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﻣﻠﻑ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺣﺭﻑ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺑﺣﺭﻑ ‪.A‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻣﻥ ‪.Canon‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫• )‪JPEG (.JPG‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺣﺑﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• )‪RAW (.CRW/.CR2/.TIF‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﻭﻳﺭﻩ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Canon‬ﻭﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺿﺣﻳﺔ ﺑﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ RAW‬ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪.RAW‬‬
‫• )‪TIFF (.TIF‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﺑﺄﺣﺩ ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ ﻓﻲ ‪.ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫• )‪AVI (.AVI‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪.Windows‬‬
‫• )‪MOV (.MOV)/MP4 (.MP4‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٥۹‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻟﺣﻝ ﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺃﻭﻻً‪:‬‬
‫• ﻫﻝ ﻳﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ؟‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻝ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ؟‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﻼﻣﻬﺎ؟‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻁﺭﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻝ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ؟‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺷﺣﻥ ﻛﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺎﻗﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ‪ AC‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻣﺞ‬
‫)ﻗﺩ ﻳُﺑﺎﻉ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٦۰‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺟﺭﱢ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺗﺭﺣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ’ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‘ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ’ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‘ ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺅﻗﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﺟﺭﱢ ﺏ ﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ‬
‫”ﺗﻠﻣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ“ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻥ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪) ImageBrowser EX‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ( ﻓﻲ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺫﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫)ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻭﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ .ImageBrowser EX‬ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺟﺭﺓ“‪” ،‬ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ‪ :‬ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ“‪ ،‬ﻭ”ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ“ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻡ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺣﺩﺍﺙ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪/‬ﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫)ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ(‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻛﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺅﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ’ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪:Windows 8‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﻛﻥ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺩ‬
‫’ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪:Windows 7‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ’ﺍﺑﺩﺃ‘ ﻭﺣﺩﺩ ’ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‘ ← ’ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‘ ← ’ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‘ ← ’ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪:Windows Vista‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ’ﺍﺑﺩﺃ‘ ﻭﺣﺩﺩ ’ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‘ ← ’ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ‘ ← ’ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‘‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٦۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫‪:Windows XP‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ’ﺍﺑﺩﺃ‘ ﻭﺣﺩﺩ ’ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‘ ← ’ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ‘ ← ’ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‘‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ’ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‘‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ’ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ’‪ ‘+‬ﺑﺟﺎﻧﺏ ’ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‘ ﺃﻭ ’ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ‘ ﺃﻭ ’ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‘‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺃﻭ ’‪Canon‬‬
‫‪ ‘Camera‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻋﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ’ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‘ ﺃﻭ ’ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ‘ ﺃﻭ ’ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‘ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺃﻭ ’‪ .‘Canon Camera‬ﺍﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻓ ﱢﻛﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻝ ﺁﺧﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻻﺣ ًﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺃﻭ ’‪ ،‘Canon Camera‬ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ’ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ’ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‘ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺫﻑ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻣﺛﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫’‪ ‘Canon Camera‬ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺿﻣﻥ ’ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‘ ﺃﻭ‬
‫’ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‘ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ’ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‘ ﻭ ’ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪٦۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫‪.۱‬‬
‫‪.۲‬‬
‫‪.۳‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﻅﺭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺯء ﻣﻧﻪ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺻﺭﻳﺢ ﻣﺳﺑﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻋﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻕ ﺇﺧﻁﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﻲء ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺗﺣﻣﻝ ‪ Canon‬ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺅﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺿﺭﺍﺭ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻧﺷﺄ ﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪© CANON INC. 2014‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٦۳‬‬
‫‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫‪CEL-SV5PA2N0‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٦٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫ُﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻷﻗﺳﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ‪.Windows‬‬
‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ‪.Mac OS‬‬
‫ُﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ Windows‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ‪ Macintosh‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ’‪ ‘Ctrl‬ﻫﻭ ’‪ ‘command‬ﻭ ’‪ ‘Enter‬ﻫﻭ ’‪.‘return‬‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺃﺧﺫ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ Windows‬ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺑﻌﺽ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ‪.Mac OS‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻳﺟﺏ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﺳﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﺳﺎﻡ ﺑﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٦٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫• ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺄﺳﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ )= ‪.(٦۹‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫• ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺍﺑﻁ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ”‪ “XXXXX‬ﺃﻭ )= ‪ ،(XX‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻥ ‪ Windows 7‬ﻭ‪ Mac OS X 10.8‬ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭً ﺍ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻛﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﺳﺎﻡ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭً ﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻳﻣﻧﻌﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٦٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫‪CPU‬‬
‫‪RAM‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪Windows 8 / 8.1‬‬
‫‪Windows 7 SP1‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﺩ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ )ﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﺳﺑﻘﺎ( ﻭﺑﻪ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ‪ USB‬ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ ۱٫٦‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ ٦٤‬ﺑﺕ‪ ۲ :‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫‪ ۳۲‬ﺑﺕ‪ ۱ :‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻭ‪*Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪ ۱٥۰‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ‪ ۱،۰۲٤ × ۷٦۸‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫*‪ ۱‬ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ ﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪Mac OS‬‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫‪ ،۱*OS X 10.9‬ﺍﻹﺻﺩﺍﺭ ‪* *10.8‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﺩ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ )ﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ( ﻭﺑﻪ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ‪ USB‬ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ Core 2 Duo‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻭ‪*Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪ ۱٥۰‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ‪ ۱،۰۲٤ × ۷٦۸‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪۲ ۱‬‬
‫‪CPU‬‬
‫‪RAM‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫*‪ ۱‬ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻁﺭﺯ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ OS X 10.9‬ﻭ‪ 10.8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪.Apple‬‬
‫*‪ ۲‬ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ OS X 10.8.2‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺩﺙ ﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ‪) Wi-Fi‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ(‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ۳‬ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ ﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪.Canon‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٦۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻔﺎﻋﻝ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻠﺔ )ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ ‪ (EOS‬ﻟﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪ :EOS‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ EOS Utility‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪/ EOS Utility Instruction Manual‬ﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪) ،EOS Utility‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪.(PDF‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‬
‫• ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪٦۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪٦٥ .................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ‪٦۸ ......................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‪۷۰ .........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪۷۰ ....................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪۷٤ .............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪۷٤ ....................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪۷۷ ..........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪۷۸ ..............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ‪۷۹ .............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣُﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ(‪۷۹ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ ‪۸۰ ..............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ ‪۸۲ .........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ ‪۸۲ ............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‪۸۳ .......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪۸٤ ...........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ‪۸٦ ...................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪٦۹‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ–ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ–ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﺑﻣﻧﻔﺫ ‪ .USB‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﺭ ‪ USB‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ )ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎء ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻭﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ‪ (USB‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺛﻡ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﻣﻧﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻭﻥ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ( ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺭﻙ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺗﺻﻼً ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺗﺭﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻓﺻﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺩﻋﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ‪ Mac OS‬ﻋﺑﺭ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ :Wi-Fi‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﻧﻘﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪.CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬‬
‫– ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ ،Wi-Fi‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﺳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻧﺎﻭﻝ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺭﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪) .‬ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻓﻘﻁ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻁﺎﻗﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ AC‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻣﺞ )ﻗﺩ ُﻳﺑﺎﻉ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ AA‬ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺎﻑِ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ AA NiMH‬ﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۷۰‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺑﺩء ‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪ CameraWindow‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫‪.۱‬‬
‫‪.۲‬‬
‫‪.۳‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ’ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‘ ﺑﺟﺎﻧﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ’‪Downloads Images From Canon‬‬
‫‪/Camera using Canon CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪ Canon‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪Canon‬‬
‫‪ ،‘CameraWindow‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ’ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻧﻘﺭً ﺍ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟً ﺎ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫• ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻧﻘﺭً ﺍ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟً ﺎ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫’ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‘‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows 8‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻭﺩ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ’‪Downloads Images From Canon‬‬
‫‪/Camera using Canon CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪ Canon‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪Canon‬‬
‫‪.‘CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪Windows Vista‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ’‪Downloads Images‬‬
‫‪From Canon Camera using Canon‬‬
‫‪/CameraWindow‬ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪Canon‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪.‘Canon CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪Windows XP‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ’‪Canon‬‬
‫‪ ‘CameraWindow‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ’ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‘‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۷۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ’‪ ‘Canon CameraWindow‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ’ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows 8‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻭﺩ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ’‪Downloads Images From Canon‬‬
‫‪/Camera using Canon CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪ Canon‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪Canon‬‬
‫‪.‘CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪Windows XP/Windows Vista‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ’ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‘ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ’‪Downloads‬‬
‫‪Images From Canon Camera using Canon‬‬
‫‪/CameraWindow‬ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪Canon‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪.‘Canon CameraWindow‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﻗﺎﺭﻯء ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺣﻭﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ’‪ ‘Canon Camera‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ’ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Import Images from Camera‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪Import‬‬
‫‪/Untransferred Images‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ[‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻝ ‪ ،GPS‬ﻓﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺟﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۷۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/OK‬ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ‬
‫‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻟـ ‪،ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫‪ ،ImageBrowser EX‬ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪) ImageBrowser EX‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪.(PDF‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫)ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ (۱،۰۰۰‬ﺑﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﻯء ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺭﻯء ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ“‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺣﺟﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻌﺩﻯ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻷﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫‪ ،CameraWindow‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪/Yes‬ﻧﻌﻡ[ ﻟﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺔ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ Windows 7‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ .ImageBrowser EX‬ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ‪ ،Windows‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ’ﺍﺑﺩﺃ‘ ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ’ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‘ ‪ ‘CameraWindow’  ‘Canon Utilities’ ‬‬
‫’‪.‘CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻰ‬
‫’‪.‘CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۷۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﺗﻭﺿﺢ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪/Import Images from Camera] ۲‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ[‬
‫ﺑﺩء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪/Organize Images on Camera] ۳‬ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ[‬
‫ﺑﺩء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺫﻑ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪/Camera Settings] ٤‬ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ[‬
‫ﻳُﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ .‬ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣُﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ )= ‪(۳۱‬‬
‫• ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﺟﻌﻝ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۷٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Import Images from Camera‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ[ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Select Images to Import‬ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ[‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Organize Images on Camera‬ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ[ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ]‪/Organize Images‬ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺟﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳﺏ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺭﻣﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﺯﺭﻗﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۷٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ‪/‬ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ )ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻝء ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺑﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ ۹۰‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﻣﺳﺢ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )= ‪.(۷۸‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۷٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Import Images from Camera‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ[ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Select Images to Import‬ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ[‪ .‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫]‪/Import‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ[ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪Import Images‬‬
‫‪/from Camera‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Import All Images‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۷۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Organize Images on Camera‬ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ[ ﺑﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ ،CameraWindow‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Organize Images‬ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ[‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺟﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺑﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ ۹۰‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]‪/Delete‬ﺣﺫﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺗﺑﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺫﻭﻓﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺭﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۷۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ُﻣﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ(‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪ ImageBrowser EX‬ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﻣُﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻳﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭﻫﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ ،CameraWindow‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫]‪/Synchronize automatically‬ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣﺳﻳﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫• ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۲–۱‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪.“CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Yes‬ﻧﻌﻡ[ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺷﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﻳﺩﻭ ًﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Camera Settings‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Set Person‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ]‪/Synchronize automatically‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻳﺎ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻳﺩﻭﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۷۹‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻳﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫]‪/Import‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪/Auto Import‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ[‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪Start importing images‬‬
‫‪automatically when this software is‬‬
‫‪/launched.‬ﺑﺩء ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻳﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.[.‬‬
‫‪۸۰‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫• ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺩﺍﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ’ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‘ ﺃﻭ ’ﺻﻭﺭ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫]‪/Import‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪/Folder Settings‬ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ[‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Browse‬ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫]‪/Import‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪/After Import‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ[‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫]‪/Camera‬ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪/Set‬ﺿﺑﻁ[‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Edit‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ[ ﺛﻡ ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺑﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ]‪/Set‬ﺿﺑﻁ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۸۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫”ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ“‬
‫”ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ“‬
‫”ﺿﺑﻁ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ“‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ .Adobe Reader‬ﻟﻠﻌﺛﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺑﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Adobe Reader‬‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫‪۸۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‬
‫ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻌﺩ ﺑﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺣﻝ ﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺅﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺗﻭﺍء ﺃﺃﻱ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺳﺣﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﻊ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ’ﺍﺑﺩﺃ‘‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺩﺩ ’ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‘ ﺃﻭ‬
‫’ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‘‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ’‪ ‘Canon Utilities‬‬
‫’‪CameraWindow’  ‘CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪/DC 8 Uninstall‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‬
‫‪.‘CameraWindow DC 8‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩﺋﺫٍ‪ ،‬ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ CameraWindow‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ’‪) ‘CameraWindow‬ﺿﻣﻥ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ‬
‫’ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ‘ ﻓﻲ ’‪ (‘Canon Utilities‬ﺇﻟﻰ ’ﺳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﻼﺕ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻓﺭﺍﻍ ﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪۸۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪:‬‬
‫*‬
‫‪DCIM‬‬
‫ﺃ ًﻳﺎ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪xxx_ _ _mm‬‬
‫• ‪xxx_mmdd‬‬
‫• ‪xxxCANON‬‬
‫• ‪xxxEOSxx‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ‪DCIM‬‬
‫‪CANONMSC‬‬
‫‪) yymmddx.LOG‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺟﻝ ‪(GPS‬‬
‫‪GPS‬‬
‫ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺷﺎﺅﻩ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪DPOF‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪DPOF‬‬
‫‪MISC‬‬
‫‪) yymmddx.LOG‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺟﻝ ‪(GPS‬‬
‫‪GPS‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪ :xxx‬ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪۹۹۹–۱۰۰‬؛ ‪ :mm‬ﺷﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ؛ ‪ :dd‬ﻳﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺟﻝ ‪) GPS‬ﻟﻠﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ’‪ ،(‘GPS‬ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ”‪ “yy‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺭ ﺭﻗﻣﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫*ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﻔﺗﺣﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺫﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺑﻌﺽ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۸٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫‪IMG_xxxx.JPG‬‬
‫‪_MG_xxxx.JPG‬‬
‫‪IMG_xxxx.CR2‬‬
‫‪_MG_xxxx.CR2‬‬
‫‪IMG_xxxx.CRW‬‬
‫‪_MG_xxxx.CRW‬‬
‫‪xxxx.TIF‬‬
‫‪ST_xxxx.JPG‬‬
‫‪MVI_xxxx.MOV‬‬
‫‪MVI_xxxx.AVI‬‬
‫‪MVI_xxxx.MP4‬‬
‫‪MDG_xxxx.MOV‬‬
‫‪MDG_xxxx.MP4‬‬
‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪JPEG‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ JPEG‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ‪Adobe RGB‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪RAW‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ RAW‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ‪Adobe RGB‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪RAW‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ RAW‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ‪Adobe RGB‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ RAW‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ‪ EOS-1D‬ﺃﻭ ‪EOS-1Ds‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺭﺓ‬
‫• ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ‪ xxxx‬ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻣﻥ ‪ ٤‬ﺭﻣﻭﺯ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﻣﻠﻑ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺣﺭﻑ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺑﺣﺭﻑ ‪.A‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۸٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻟﺣﻝ ﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺃﻭﻻً‪:‬‬
‫• ﻫﻝ ﻳﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ؟‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻝ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ؟‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﻼﻣﻬﺎ؟‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻁﺭﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻝ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ؟‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺷﺣﻥ ﻛﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺎﻗﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ‪ AC‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻣﺞ‬
‫)ﻗﺩ ﻳُﺑﺎﻉ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۸٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺟﺭﱢ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺗﺭﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺛﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ“ ﻭﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ’ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‘ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ’ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‘ ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺅﻗﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﺟﺭﱢ ﺏ ﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ‬
‫”ﺗﻠﻣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ“ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻡ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺣﺩﺍﺙ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪/‬ﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫)ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ(‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻛﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺅﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ’ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪:Windows 8‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﻛﻥ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺩ‬
‫’ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪:Windows 7‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ’ﺍﺑﺩﺃ‘ ﻭﺣﺩﺩ ’ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‘ ‪’ ‬ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‘ ‪’ ‬ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‘ ‪’ ‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪:Windows Vista‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ’ﺍﺑﺩﺃ‘ ﻭﺣﺩﺩ ’ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‘ ‪’ ‬ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ‘ ‪’ ‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪:Windows XP‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ’ﺍﺑﺩﺃ‘ ﻭﺣﺩﺩ ’ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‘ ‪’ ‬ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ‘ ‪’ ‬ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‘‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ’ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‘‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ’ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‘‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۸۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ’‪ ‘+‬ﺑﺟﺎﻧﺏ ’ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‘ ﺃﻭ ’ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ‘ ﺃﻭ ’ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‘‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺃﻭ ’‪Canon‬‬
‫‪ ‘Camera‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻋﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ’ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‘ ﺃﻭ ’ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ‘ ﺃﻭ ’ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‘ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺃﻭ ’‪ .‘Canon Camera‬ﺍﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻓ ﱢﻛﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻝ ﺁﺧﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻻﺣ ًﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺃﻭ ’‪ ،‘Canon Camera‬ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ’ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ’ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‘ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺫﻑ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻣﺛﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫’‪ ‘Canon Camera‬ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺿﻣﻥ ’ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‘ ﺃﻭ‬
‫’ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‘ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ’ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‘ ﻭ ’ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‘‪.‬‬
‫‪۸۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪.۱‬‬
‫‪.۲‬‬
‫‪.۳‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﻅﺭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺯء ﻣﻧﻪ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺻﺭﻳﺢ ﻣﺳﺑﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻋﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻕ ﺇﺧﻁﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﻲء ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺗﺣﻣﻝ ‪ Canon‬ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺅﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺿﺭﺍﺭ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻧﺷﺄ ﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪© CANON INC. 2014‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺗﺗﻭﻳ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣ‬
‫‪۸۹‬‬
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising